1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 99 * 100 */ 101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 104 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 116 }; 117 118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 120 121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 123 124 /** 125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 126 * 127 * This structure describes a single channel for use 128 * with cfg80211. 129 * 130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 131 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 132 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 133 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 134 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 135 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 136 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 137 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 138 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 140 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 141 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 142 * @orig_mag: internal use 143 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 144 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 145 * on this channel. 146 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 147 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 148 */ 149 struct ieee80211_channel { 150 enum nl80211_band band; 151 u32 center_freq; 152 u16 hw_value; 153 u32 flags; 154 int max_antenna_gain; 155 int max_power; 156 int max_reg_power; 157 bool beacon_found; 158 u32 orig_flags; 159 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 160 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 161 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 162 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 163 }; 164 165 /** 166 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 167 * 168 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 169 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 170 * different bands/PHY modes. 171 * 172 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 173 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 174 * with CCK rates. 175 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 176 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 177 * core code when registering the wiphy. 178 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 179 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 180 * core code when registering the wiphy. 181 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 182 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 183 * core code when registering the wiphy. 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 187 */ 188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 189 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 196 }; 197 198 /** 199 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 200 * 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 206 */ 207 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 213 }; 214 215 /** 216 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 221 */ 222 enum ieee80211_privacy { 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 226 }; 227 228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 229 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 230 231 /** 232 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 233 * 234 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 235 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 236 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 237 * passed around. 238 * 239 * @flags: rate-specific flags 240 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 241 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 242 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 243 * short preamble is used 244 */ 245 struct ieee80211_rate { 246 u32 flags; 247 u16 bitrate; 248 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 249 }; 250 251 /** 252 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 253 * 254 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 255 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 256 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 257 */ 258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 259 bool enable; 260 u8 min_offset; 261 u8 max_offset; 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 266 * 267 * @color: the current color. 268 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 269 * @partial: define the AID equation. 270 */ 271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 272 u8 color; 273 bool disabled; 274 bool partial; 275 }; 276 277 /** 278 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 279 * 280 * @color: the current color. 281 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 282 * @partial: define the AID equation. 283 */ 284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color { 285 u8 color; 286 bool disabled; 287 bool partial; 288 }; 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 295 * 296 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 297 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 298 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 299 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 300 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 301 */ 302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 303 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 304 bool ht_supported; 305 u8 ampdu_factor; 306 u8 ampdu_density; 307 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 308 }; 309 310 /** 311 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 312 * 313 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 314 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 315 * 316 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 317 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 318 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 319 */ 320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 321 bool vht_supported; 322 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 323 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 324 }; 325 326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 327 328 /** 329 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 330 * 331 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 332 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 333 * 334 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 335 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 336 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 337 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 338 */ 339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 340 bool has_he; 341 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 342 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 343 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 344 }; 345 346 /** 347 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 348 * 349 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 350 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 351 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 352 * 353 * @types_mask: interface types mask 354 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 355 */ 356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 357 u16 types_mask; 358 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 359 }; 360 361 /** 362 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 363 * 364 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 365 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 366 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 367 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 368 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 372 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 374 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 376 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 377 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 378 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 379 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 380 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 381 */ 382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 383 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 384 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 385 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 386 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 387 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 395 }; 396 397 /** 398 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 399 * 400 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 401 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 402 * 403 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 404 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 405 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 406 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 407 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 408 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_edmg { 411 u8 channels; 412 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 413 }; 414 415 /** 416 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 417 * 418 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 419 * is able to operate in. 420 * 421 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 422 * in this band. 423 * @band: the band this structure represents 424 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 425 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 426 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 427 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 428 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 429 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 430 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 431 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 432 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 433 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 434 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 435 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 436 * iftype_data). 437 */ 438 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 439 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 440 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 441 enum nl80211_band band; 442 int n_channels; 443 int n_bitrates; 444 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 445 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 446 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 447 u16 n_iftype_data; 448 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 449 }; 450 451 /** 452 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 453 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 454 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 455 * 456 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 457 */ 458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 460 u8 iftype) 461 { 462 int i; 463 464 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 465 return NULL; 466 467 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 468 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 469 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 470 471 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 472 return data; 473 } 474 475 return NULL; 476 } 477 478 /** 479 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 480 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 481 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 482 * 483 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 484 */ 485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 487 u8 iftype) 488 { 489 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 490 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 491 492 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 493 return &data->he_cap; 494 495 return NULL; 496 } 497 498 /** 499 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 500 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 501 * 502 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 503 */ 504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 506 { 507 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 508 } 509 510 /** 511 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 512 * 513 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 514 * 515 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 516 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 517 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 518 * 519 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 520 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 521 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 522 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 523 * without affecting other devices. 524 * 525 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 526 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 527 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 528 */ 529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 533 { 534 } 535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 536 537 538 /* 539 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 540 */ 541 542 /** 543 * DOC: Actions and configuration 544 * 545 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 546 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 547 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 548 * operations use are described separately. 549 * 550 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 551 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 552 * 553 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 554 * in a separate chapter. 555 */ 556 557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 558 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 559 560 /** 561 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 562 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 563 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 564 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 565 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 566 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 567 * determine the address as needed. 568 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 569 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 570 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 571 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 572 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 573 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 574 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 575 */ 576 struct vif_params { 577 u32 flags; 578 int use_4addr; 579 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 580 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 581 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * struct key_params - key information 586 * 587 * Information about a key 588 * 589 * @key: key material 590 * @key_len: length of key material 591 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 592 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 593 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 594 * length given by @seq_len. 595 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 596 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 597 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 598 */ 599 struct key_params { 600 const u8 *key; 601 const u8 *seq; 602 int key_len; 603 int seq_len; 604 u16 vlan_id; 605 u32 cipher; 606 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 607 }; 608 609 /** 610 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 611 * @chan: the (control) channel 612 * @width: channel width 613 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 614 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 615 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 616 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 617 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 618 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 619 * parameters are ignored. 620 */ 621 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 622 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 623 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 624 u32 center_freq1; 625 u32 center_freq2; 626 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 627 }; 628 629 /** 630 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 631 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 632 * of the peer. 633 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 634 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 635 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 636 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 637 * @retry_long: retry count value 638 * @retry_short: retry count value 639 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable aggregation 640 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 641 */ 642 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 643 bool config_override; 644 u8 tids; 645 u32 mask; 646 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 647 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 648 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 649 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 650 }; 651 652 /** 653 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 654 * @peer: Station's MAC address 655 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 656 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 657 */ 658 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 659 const u8 *peer; 660 u32 n_tid_conf; 661 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 662 }; 663 664 /** 665 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 666 * @chandef: the channel definition 667 * 668 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 669 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 670 */ 671 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 672 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 673 { 674 switch (chandef->width) { 675 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 676 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 677 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 678 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 679 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 680 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 681 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 682 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 683 default: 684 WARN_ON(1); 685 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 686 } 687 } 688 689 /** 690 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 691 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 692 * @channel: the control channel 693 * @chantype: the channel type 694 * 695 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 696 */ 697 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 698 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 699 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 700 701 /** 702 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 703 * @chandef1: first channel definition 704 * @chandef2: second channel definition 705 * 706 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 707 * identical, %false otherwise. 708 */ 709 static inline bool 710 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 711 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 712 { 713 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 714 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 715 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 716 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 717 } 718 719 /** 720 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 721 * 722 * @chandef: the channel definition 723 * 724 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 725 */ 726 static inline bool 727 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 728 { 729 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 730 } 731 732 /** 733 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 734 * @chandef1: first channel definition 735 * @chandef2: second channel definition 736 * 737 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 738 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 739 */ 740 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 741 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 742 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 743 744 /** 745 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 746 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 747 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 748 */ 749 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 750 751 /** 752 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 753 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 754 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 755 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 756 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 757 */ 758 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 759 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 760 u32 prohibited_flags); 761 762 /** 763 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 764 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 765 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 766 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 767 * Returns: 768 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 769 */ 770 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 771 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 772 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 773 774 /** 775 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 776 * 777 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 778 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 779 * 780 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 781 * 782 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 783 */ 784 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 785 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 786 { 787 switch (chandef->width) { 788 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 789 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 790 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 791 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 792 default: 793 break; 794 } 795 return 0; 796 } 797 798 /** 799 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 800 * 801 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 802 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 803 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 804 * 805 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 806 * 807 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 808 */ 809 static inline int 810 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 811 { 812 switch (chandef->width) { 813 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 814 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 815 chandef->chan->max_power); 816 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 817 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 818 chandef->chan->max_power); 819 default: 820 break; 821 } 822 return chandef->chan->max_power; 823 } 824 825 /** 826 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 827 * 828 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 829 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 830 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 831 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 832 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 833 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 834 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 835 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 836 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 837 * 838 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 839 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 840 */ 841 enum survey_info_flags { 842 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 843 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 844 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 845 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 846 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 847 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 848 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 849 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 850 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 851 }; 852 853 /** 854 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 855 * 856 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 857 * record to report global statistics 858 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 859 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 860 * optional 861 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 862 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 863 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 864 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 865 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 866 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 867 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 868 * 869 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 870 * 871 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 872 * channel duty cycle etc. 873 */ 874 struct survey_info { 875 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 876 u64 time; 877 u64 time_busy; 878 u64 time_ext_busy; 879 u64 time_rx; 880 u64 time_tx; 881 u64 time_scan; 882 u64 time_bss_rx; 883 u32 filled; 884 s8 noise; 885 }; 886 887 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 888 889 /** 890 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 891 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 892 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 893 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 894 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 895 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 896 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 897 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 898 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 899 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 900 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 901 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 902 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 903 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 904 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 905 * protocol frames. 906 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 907 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 908 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 909 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 910 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 911 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 912 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 913 * offload) 914 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 915 */ 916 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 917 u32 wpa_versions; 918 u32 cipher_group; 919 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 920 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 921 int n_akm_suites; 922 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 923 bool control_port; 924 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 925 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 926 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 927 struct key_params *wep_keys; 928 int wep_tx_key; 929 const u8 *psk; 930 const u8 *sae_pwd; 931 u8 sae_pwd_len; 932 }; 933 934 /** 935 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 936 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 937 * or %NULL if not changed 938 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 939 * or %NULL if not changed 940 * @head_len: length of @head 941 * @tail_len: length of @tail 942 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 943 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 944 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 945 * frames or %NULL 946 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 947 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 948 * Response frames or %NULL 949 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 950 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 951 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 952 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 953 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 954 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 955 * (measurement type 8) 956 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 957 * Token (measurement type 11) 958 * @lci_len: LCI data length 959 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 960 */ 961 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 962 const u8 *head, *tail; 963 const u8 *beacon_ies; 964 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 965 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 966 const u8 *probe_resp; 967 const u8 *lci; 968 const u8 *civicloc; 969 s8 ftm_responder; 970 971 size_t head_len, tail_len; 972 size_t beacon_ies_len; 973 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 974 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 975 size_t probe_resp_len; 976 size_t lci_len; 977 size_t civicloc_len; 978 }; 979 980 struct mac_address { 981 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 982 }; 983 984 /** 985 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 986 * 987 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 988 * entry specified by mac_addr 989 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 990 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 991 */ 992 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 993 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 994 int n_acl_entries; 995 996 /* Keep it last */ 997 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 998 }; 999 1000 /* 1001 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 1002 */ 1003 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 1004 struct { 1005 u32 legacy; 1006 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 1007 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 1008 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 1009 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1010 }; 1011 1012 /** 1013 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1014 * 1015 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1016 * 1017 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1018 */ 1019 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1020 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1021 }; 1022 1023 /** 1024 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1025 * 1026 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1027 * 1028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1029 * @beacon: beacon data 1030 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1031 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1032 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1033 * user space) 1034 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1035 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1036 * @crypto: crypto settings 1037 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1038 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1039 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1040 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1041 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1042 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1043 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1044 * MAC address based access control 1045 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1046 * networks. 1047 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1048 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1049 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1050 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1051 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1052 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1053 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1054 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1055 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1056 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1057 */ 1058 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1059 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1060 1061 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1062 1063 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1064 const u8 *ssid; 1065 size_t ssid_len; 1066 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1067 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1068 bool privacy; 1069 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1070 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1071 int inactivity_timeout; 1072 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1073 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1074 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1075 bool pbss; 1076 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1077 1078 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1079 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1080 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1081 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1082 bool twt_responder; 1083 u32 flags; 1084 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1085 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1086 }; 1087 1088 /** 1089 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1090 * 1091 * Used for channel switch 1092 * 1093 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1094 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1095 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1096 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1097 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1098 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1099 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1100 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1101 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1102 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1103 */ 1104 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1105 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1106 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1107 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1108 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1109 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1110 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1111 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1112 bool radar_required; 1113 bool block_tx; 1114 u8 count; 1115 }; 1116 1117 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1118 1119 /** 1120 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1121 * 1122 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1123 * 1124 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1125 * to use for verification 1126 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1127 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1128 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1129 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1130 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1131 * nl80211_iftype. 1132 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1133 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1134 * the verification 1135 */ 1136 struct iface_combination_params { 1137 int num_different_channels; 1138 u8 radar_detect; 1139 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1140 u32 new_beacon_int; 1141 }; 1142 1143 /** 1144 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1145 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1146 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1147 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1148 * 1149 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1150 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1151 */ 1152 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1153 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1154 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1155 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1156 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1157 }; 1158 1159 /** 1160 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1161 * 1162 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1163 * 1164 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1165 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1166 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1167 * power per-interface or per-station. 1168 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1169 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1170 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1171 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1172 * per peer TPC. 1173 */ 1174 struct sta_txpwr { 1175 s16 power; 1176 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1177 }; 1178 1179 /** 1180 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1181 * 1182 * Used to change and create a new station. 1183 * 1184 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1185 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1186 * (or NULL for no change) 1187 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1188 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1189 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1190 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1191 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1192 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1193 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1194 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1195 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1196 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1197 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1198 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1199 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1200 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1201 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1202 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1203 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1204 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1205 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1206 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1207 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1208 * to unknown) 1209 * @capability: station capability 1210 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1211 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1212 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1213 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1214 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1215 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1216 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1217 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1218 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1219 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1220 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1221 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1222 */ 1223 struct station_parameters { 1224 const u8 *supported_rates; 1225 struct net_device *vlan; 1226 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1227 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1228 int listen_interval; 1229 u16 aid; 1230 u16 vlan_id; 1231 u16 peer_aid; 1232 u8 supported_rates_len; 1233 u8 plink_action; 1234 u8 plink_state; 1235 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1236 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1237 u8 uapsd_queues; 1238 u8 max_sp; 1239 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1240 u16 capability; 1241 const u8 *ext_capab; 1242 u8 ext_capab_len; 1243 const u8 *supported_channels; 1244 u8 supported_channels_len; 1245 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1246 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1247 u8 opmode_notif; 1248 bool opmode_notif_used; 1249 int support_p2p_ps; 1250 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1251 u8 he_capa_len; 1252 u16 airtime_weight; 1253 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1254 }; 1255 1256 /** 1257 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1258 * 1259 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1260 * 1261 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1262 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1263 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1264 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1265 */ 1266 struct station_del_parameters { 1267 const u8 *mac; 1268 u8 subtype; 1269 u16 reason_code; 1270 }; 1271 1272 /** 1273 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1274 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1275 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1276 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1277 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1278 * the AP MLME in the device 1279 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1280 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1281 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1282 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1283 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1284 * supported/used) 1285 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1286 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1287 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1288 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1289 */ 1290 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1291 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1292 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1293 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1294 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1295 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1296 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1297 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1298 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1299 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1300 }; 1301 1302 /** 1303 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1304 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1305 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1306 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1307 * 1308 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1309 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1310 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1311 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1312 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1313 */ 1314 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1315 struct station_parameters *params, 1316 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1317 1318 /** 1319 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1320 * 1321 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1322 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1323 * 1324 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1325 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1326 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1327 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1328 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1329 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1330 */ 1331 enum rate_info_flags { 1332 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1333 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1334 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1335 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1336 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1337 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1338 }; 1339 1340 /** 1341 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1342 * 1343 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1344 * 1345 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1346 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1347 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1348 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1349 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1350 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1351 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1352 */ 1353 enum rate_info_bw { 1354 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1355 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1356 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1357 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1358 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1359 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1360 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1361 }; 1362 1363 /** 1364 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1365 * 1366 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1367 * 1368 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1369 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1370 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1371 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1372 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1373 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1374 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1375 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1376 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1377 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1378 */ 1379 struct rate_info { 1380 u8 flags; 1381 u8 mcs; 1382 u16 legacy; 1383 u8 nss; 1384 u8 bw; 1385 u8 he_gi; 1386 u8 he_dcm; 1387 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1388 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1389 }; 1390 1391 /** 1392 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1393 * 1394 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1395 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1396 * 1397 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1398 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1399 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1400 */ 1401 enum bss_param_flags { 1402 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1403 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1404 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1405 }; 1406 1407 /** 1408 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1409 * 1410 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1411 * 1412 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1413 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1414 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1415 */ 1416 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1417 u8 flags; 1418 u8 dtim_period; 1419 u16 beacon_interval; 1420 }; 1421 1422 /** 1423 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1424 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1425 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1426 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1427 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1428 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1429 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1430 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1431 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1432 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1433 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1434 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1435 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1436 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1437 */ 1438 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1439 u32 filled; 1440 u32 backlog_bytes; 1441 u32 backlog_packets; 1442 u32 flows; 1443 u32 drops; 1444 u32 ecn_marks; 1445 u32 overlimit; 1446 u32 overmemory; 1447 u32 collisions; 1448 u32 tx_bytes; 1449 u32 tx_packets; 1450 u32 max_flows; 1451 }; 1452 1453 /** 1454 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1455 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1456 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1457 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1458 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1459 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1460 * transmitted MSDUs 1461 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1462 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1463 */ 1464 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1465 u32 filled; 1466 u64 rx_msdu; 1467 u64 tx_msdu; 1468 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1469 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1470 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1471 }; 1472 1473 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1474 1475 /** 1476 * struct station_info - station information 1477 * 1478 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1479 * 1480 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1481 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1482 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1483 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1484 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1485 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1486 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1487 * @llid: mesh local link id 1488 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1489 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1490 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1491 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1492 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1493 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1494 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1495 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1496 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1497 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1498 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1499 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1500 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1501 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1502 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1503 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1504 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1505 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1506 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1507 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1508 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1509 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1510 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1511 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1512 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1513 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1514 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1515 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1516 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1517 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1518 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1519 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1520 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1521 * towards this station. 1522 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1523 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1524 * from this peer 1525 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1526 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1527 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1528 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1529 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1530 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1531 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1532 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1533 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1534 * been sent. 1535 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1536 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1537 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1538 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1539 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1540 */ 1541 struct station_info { 1542 u64 filled; 1543 u32 connected_time; 1544 u32 inactive_time; 1545 u64 assoc_at; 1546 u64 rx_bytes; 1547 u64 tx_bytes; 1548 u16 llid; 1549 u16 plid; 1550 u8 plink_state; 1551 s8 signal; 1552 s8 signal_avg; 1553 1554 u8 chains; 1555 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1556 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1557 1558 struct rate_info txrate; 1559 struct rate_info rxrate; 1560 u32 rx_packets; 1561 u32 tx_packets; 1562 u32 tx_retries; 1563 u32 tx_failed; 1564 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1565 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1566 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1567 1568 int generation; 1569 1570 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1571 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1572 1573 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1574 s64 t_offset; 1575 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1576 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1577 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1578 1579 u32 expected_throughput; 1580 1581 u64 tx_duration; 1582 u64 rx_duration; 1583 u64 rx_beacon; 1584 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1585 u8 connected_to_gate; 1586 1587 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1588 s8 ack_signal; 1589 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1590 1591 u16 airtime_weight; 1592 1593 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1594 u32 fcs_err_count; 1595 1596 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1597 }; 1598 1599 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1600 /** 1601 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1602 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1603 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1604 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1605 * 1606 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1607 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1608 * considered undefined. 1609 */ 1610 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1611 struct station_info *sinfo); 1612 #else 1613 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1614 const u8 *mac_addr, 1615 struct station_info *sinfo) 1616 { 1617 return -ENOENT; 1618 } 1619 #endif 1620 1621 /** 1622 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1623 * 1624 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1625 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1626 * 1627 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1628 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1629 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1630 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1631 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1632 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1633 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1634 */ 1635 enum monitor_flags { 1636 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1637 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1638 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1639 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1640 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1641 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1642 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1643 }; 1644 1645 /** 1646 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1647 * 1648 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1649 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1650 * 1651 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1652 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1653 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1654 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1655 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1656 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1657 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1658 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1659 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1660 */ 1661 enum mpath_info_flags { 1662 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1663 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1664 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1665 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1666 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1667 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1668 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1669 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1670 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1671 }; 1672 1673 /** 1674 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1675 * 1676 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1677 * 1678 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1679 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1680 * @sn: target sequence number 1681 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1682 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1683 * @flags: mesh path flags 1684 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1685 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1686 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1687 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1688 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1689 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1690 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1691 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1692 */ 1693 struct mpath_info { 1694 u32 filled; 1695 u32 frame_qlen; 1696 u32 sn; 1697 u32 metric; 1698 u32 exptime; 1699 u32 discovery_timeout; 1700 u8 discovery_retries; 1701 u8 flags; 1702 u8 hop_count; 1703 u32 path_change_count; 1704 1705 int generation; 1706 }; 1707 1708 /** 1709 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1710 * 1711 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1712 * 1713 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1714 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1715 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1716 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1717 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1718 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1719 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1720 * (or NULL for no change) 1721 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1722 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1723 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1724 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1725 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1726 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1727 */ 1728 struct bss_parameters { 1729 int use_cts_prot; 1730 int use_short_preamble; 1731 int use_short_slot_time; 1732 const u8 *basic_rates; 1733 u8 basic_rates_len; 1734 int ap_isolate; 1735 int ht_opmode; 1736 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1737 }; 1738 1739 /** 1740 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1741 * 1742 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1743 * 1744 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1745 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1746 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1747 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1748 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1749 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1750 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1751 * mesh interface 1752 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1753 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1754 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1755 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1756 * elements 1757 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1758 * detect compatible mesh peers 1759 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1760 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1761 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1762 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1763 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1764 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1765 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1766 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1767 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1768 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1769 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1770 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1771 * element 1772 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1773 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1774 * element 1775 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1776 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1777 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1778 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1779 * announcements are transmitted 1780 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1781 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1782 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1783 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1784 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1785 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1786 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1787 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1788 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1789 * station to establish a peer link 1790 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1791 * 1792 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1793 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1794 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1795 * 1796 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1797 * PREQs are transmitted. 1798 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1799 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1800 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1801 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1802 * setting for new peer links. 1803 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1804 * after transmitting its beacon. 1805 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1806 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1807 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1808 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1809 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1810 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1811 * in the mesh path table 1812 */ 1813 struct mesh_config { 1814 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1815 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1816 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1817 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1818 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1819 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1820 u8 element_ttl; 1821 bool auto_open_plinks; 1822 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1823 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1824 u32 path_refresh_time; 1825 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1826 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1827 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1828 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1829 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1830 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1831 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1832 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1833 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1834 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1835 s32 rssi_threshold; 1836 u16 ht_opmode; 1837 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1838 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1839 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1840 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1841 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1842 u32 plink_timeout; 1843 }; 1844 1845 /** 1846 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1847 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1848 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1849 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1850 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1851 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1852 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1853 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1854 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1855 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1856 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1857 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1858 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1859 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1860 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1861 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1862 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1863 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1864 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1865 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1866 * to operate on DFS channels. 1867 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1868 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1869 * 1870 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1871 */ 1872 struct mesh_setup { 1873 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1874 const u8 *mesh_id; 1875 u8 mesh_id_len; 1876 u8 sync_method; 1877 u8 path_sel_proto; 1878 u8 path_metric; 1879 u8 auth_id; 1880 const u8 *ie; 1881 u8 ie_len; 1882 bool is_authenticated; 1883 bool is_secure; 1884 bool user_mpm; 1885 u8 dtim_period; 1886 u16 beacon_interval; 1887 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1888 u32 basic_rates; 1889 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1890 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1891 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1892 }; 1893 1894 /** 1895 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1896 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1897 * 1898 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1899 */ 1900 struct ocb_setup { 1901 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1902 }; 1903 1904 /** 1905 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1906 * @ac: AC identifier 1907 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1908 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1909 * 1..32767] 1910 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1911 * 1..32767] 1912 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1913 */ 1914 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1915 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1916 u16 txop; 1917 u16 cwmin; 1918 u16 cwmax; 1919 u8 aifs; 1920 }; 1921 1922 /** 1923 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1924 * 1925 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1926 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1927 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1928 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1929 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1930 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1931 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1932 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1933 * in the wiphy structure. 1934 * 1935 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1936 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1937 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1938 * 1939 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1940 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1941 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1942 * to userspace. 1943 */ 1944 1945 /** 1946 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1947 * @ssid: the SSID 1948 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1949 */ 1950 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1951 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1952 u8 ssid_len; 1953 }; 1954 1955 /** 1956 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1957 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1958 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1959 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1960 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1961 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1962 * userspace will be notified of that 1963 */ 1964 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1965 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1966 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1967 bool aborted; 1968 }; 1969 1970 /** 1971 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1972 * 1973 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1974 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1975 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1976 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1977 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1978 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1979 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1980 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1981 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1982 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1983 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1984 * %duration field. 1985 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1986 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1987 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1988 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1989 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1990 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1991 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1992 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1993 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1994 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1995 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1996 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1997 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1998 */ 1999 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2000 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2001 int n_ssids; 2002 u32 n_channels; 2003 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2004 const u8 *ie; 2005 size_t ie_len; 2006 u16 duration; 2007 bool duration_mandatory; 2008 u32 flags; 2009 2010 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2011 2012 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2013 2014 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2015 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2016 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2017 2018 /* internal */ 2019 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2020 unsigned long scan_start; 2021 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2022 bool notified; 2023 bool no_cck; 2024 2025 /* keep last */ 2026 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2027 }; 2028 2029 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2030 { 2031 int i; 2032 2033 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2034 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2035 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2036 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2037 } 2038 } 2039 2040 /** 2041 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2042 * 2043 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2044 * or no match (RSSI only) 2045 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2046 * or no match (RSSI only) 2047 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2048 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2049 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2050 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2051 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2052 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2053 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2054 * corresponding matchset. 2055 */ 2056 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2057 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2058 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2059 s32 rssi_thold; 2060 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2061 }; 2062 2063 /** 2064 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2065 * 2066 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2067 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2068 * infinite loop. 2069 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2070 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2071 */ 2072 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2073 u32 interval; 2074 u32 iterations; 2075 }; 2076 2077 /** 2078 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2079 * 2080 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2081 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2082 */ 2083 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2084 enum nl80211_band band; 2085 s8 delta; 2086 }; 2087 2088 /** 2089 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2090 * 2091 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2092 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2093 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2094 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2095 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2096 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2097 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2098 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2099 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2100 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2101 * (others are filtered out). 2102 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2103 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2104 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2105 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2106 * @dev: the interface 2107 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2108 * @channels: channels to scan 2109 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2110 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2111 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2112 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2113 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2114 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2115 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2116 * index must be executed first. 2117 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2118 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2119 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2120 * owned by a particular socket) 2121 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2122 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2123 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2124 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2125 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2126 * supported. 2127 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2128 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2129 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2130 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2131 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2132 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2133 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2134 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2135 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2136 * comparisions. 2137 */ 2138 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2139 u64 reqid; 2140 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2141 int n_ssids; 2142 u32 n_channels; 2143 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2144 const u8 *ie; 2145 size_t ie_len; 2146 u32 flags; 2147 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2148 int n_match_sets; 2149 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2150 u32 delay; 2151 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2152 int n_scan_plans; 2153 2154 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2155 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2156 2157 bool relative_rssi_set; 2158 s8 relative_rssi; 2159 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2160 2161 /* internal */ 2162 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2163 struct net_device *dev; 2164 unsigned long scan_start; 2165 bool report_results; 2166 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2167 u32 owner_nlportid; 2168 bool nl_owner_dead; 2169 struct list_head list; 2170 2171 /* keep last */ 2172 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2173 }; 2174 2175 /** 2176 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2177 * 2178 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2179 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2180 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2181 */ 2182 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2183 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2184 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2185 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2186 }; 2187 2188 /** 2189 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2190 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2191 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2192 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2193 * signal type 2194 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2195 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2196 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2197 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2198 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2199 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2200 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2201 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2202 * by %parent_bssid. 2203 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2204 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2205 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2206 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2207 */ 2208 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2209 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2210 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2211 s32 signal; 2212 u64 boottime_ns; 2213 u64 parent_tsf; 2214 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2215 u8 chains; 2216 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2217 }; 2218 2219 /** 2220 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2221 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2222 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2223 * @len: length of the IEs 2224 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2225 * @data: IE data 2226 */ 2227 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2228 u64 tsf; 2229 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2230 int len; 2231 bool from_beacon; 2232 u8 data[]; 2233 }; 2234 2235 /** 2236 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2237 * 2238 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2239 * for use in scan results and similar. 2240 * 2241 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2242 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2243 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2244 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2245 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2246 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2247 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2248 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2249 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2250 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2251 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2252 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2253 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2254 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2255 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2256 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2257 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2258 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2259 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2260 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2261 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2262 * (multi-BSSID support) 2263 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2264 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2265 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2266 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2267 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2268 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2269 */ 2270 struct cfg80211_bss { 2271 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2272 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2273 2274 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2275 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2276 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2277 2278 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2279 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2280 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2281 2282 s32 signal; 2283 2284 u16 beacon_interval; 2285 u16 capability; 2286 2287 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2288 u8 chains; 2289 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2290 2291 u8 bssid_index; 2292 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2293 2294 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2295 }; 2296 2297 /** 2298 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2299 * @bss: the bss to search 2300 * @id: the element ID 2301 * 2302 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2303 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2304 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2305 */ 2306 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2307 2308 /** 2309 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2310 * @bss: the bss to search 2311 * @id: the element ID 2312 * 2313 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2314 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2315 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2316 */ 2317 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2318 { 2319 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2320 } 2321 2322 2323 /** 2324 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2325 * 2326 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2327 * authentication. 2328 * 2329 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2330 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2331 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2332 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2333 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2334 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2335 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2336 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2337 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2338 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2339 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2340 * transaction sequence number field. 2341 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2342 */ 2343 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2344 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2345 const u8 *ie; 2346 size_t ie_len; 2347 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2348 const u8 *key; 2349 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2350 const u8 *auth_data; 2351 size_t auth_data_len; 2352 }; 2353 2354 /** 2355 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2356 * 2357 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2358 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2359 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2360 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2361 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2362 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2363 * request (connect callback). 2364 */ 2365 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2366 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2367 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2368 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2369 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2370 }; 2371 2372 /** 2373 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2374 * 2375 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2376 * (re)association. 2377 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2378 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2379 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2380 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2381 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2382 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2383 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2384 * @crypto: crypto settings 2385 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2386 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2387 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2388 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2389 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2390 * frame. 2391 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2392 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2393 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2394 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2395 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2396 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2397 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2398 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2399 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2400 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2401 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2402 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2403 */ 2404 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2405 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2406 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2407 size_t ie_len; 2408 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2409 bool use_mfp; 2410 u32 flags; 2411 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2412 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2413 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2414 const u8 *fils_kek; 2415 size_t fils_kek_len; 2416 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2417 }; 2418 2419 /** 2420 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2421 * 2422 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2423 * deauthentication. 2424 * 2425 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2426 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2427 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2428 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2429 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2430 * do not set a deauth frame 2431 */ 2432 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2433 const u8 *bssid; 2434 const u8 *ie; 2435 size_t ie_len; 2436 u16 reason_code; 2437 bool local_state_change; 2438 }; 2439 2440 /** 2441 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2442 * 2443 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2444 * disassociation. 2445 * 2446 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2447 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2448 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2449 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2450 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2451 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2452 */ 2453 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2454 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2455 const u8 *ie; 2456 size_t ie_len; 2457 u16 reason_code; 2458 bool local_state_change; 2459 }; 2460 2461 /** 2462 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2463 * 2464 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2465 * method. 2466 * 2467 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2468 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2469 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2470 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2471 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2472 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2473 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2474 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2475 * @ie_len: length of that 2476 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2477 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2478 * after joining 2479 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2480 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2481 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2482 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2483 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2484 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2485 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2486 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2487 * to operate on DFS channels. 2488 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2489 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2490 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2491 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2492 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2493 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2494 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2495 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2496 */ 2497 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2498 const u8 *ssid; 2499 const u8 *bssid; 2500 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2501 const u8 *ie; 2502 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2503 u16 beacon_interval; 2504 u32 basic_rates; 2505 bool channel_fixed; 2506 bool privacy; 2507 bool control_port; 2508 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2509 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2510 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2511 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2512 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2513 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2514 int wep_tx_key; 2515 }; 2516 2517 /** 2518 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2519 * 2520 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2521 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2522 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2523 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2524 */ 2525 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2526 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2527 union { 2528 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2529 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2530 } param; 2531 }; 2532 2533 /** 2534 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2535 * 2536 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2537 * authentication and association. 2538 * 2539 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2540 * on scan results) 2541 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2542 * %NULL if not specified 2543 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2544 * results) 2545 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2546 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2547 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2548 * to use. 2549 * @ssid: SSID 2550 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2551 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2552 * @ie: IEs for association request 2553 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2554 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2555 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2556 * @crypto: crypto settings 2557 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2558 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2559 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2560 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2561 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2562 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2563 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2564 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2565 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2566 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2567 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2568 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2569 * networks. 2570 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2571 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2572 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2573 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2574 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2575 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2576 * frame. 2577 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2578 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2579 * data IE. 2580 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2581 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2582 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2583 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2584 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2585 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2586 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2587 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2588 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2589 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2590 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2591 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2592 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2593 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2594 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2595 */ 2596 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2597 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2598 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2599 const u8 *bssid; 2600 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2601 const u8 *ssid; 2602 size_t ssid_len; 2603 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2604 const u8 *ie; 2605 size_t ie_len; 2606 bool privacy; 2607 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2608 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2609 const u8 *key; 2610 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2611 u32 flags; 2612 int bg_scan_period; 2613 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2614 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2615 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2616 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2617 bool pbss; 2618 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2619 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2620 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2621 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2622 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2623 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2624 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2625 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2626 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2627 bool want_1x; 2628 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2629 }; 2630 2631 /** 2632 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2633 * 2634 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2635 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2636 * 2637 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2638 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2639 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2640 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2641 */ 2642 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2643 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2644 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2645 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2646 }; 2647 2648 /** 2649 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2650 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2651 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2652 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2653 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2654 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2655 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2656 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2657 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2658 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2659 */ 2660 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2661 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2662 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2663 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2664 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2665 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2666 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2667 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2668 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2669 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2670 }; 2671 2672 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2673 2674 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2675 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2676 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2677 2678 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2679 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2680 2681 /** 2682 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2683 * 2684 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2685 * caching. 2686 * 2687 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2688 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2689 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2690 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2691 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2692 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2693 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2694 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2695 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2696 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2697 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2698 * %NULL). 2699 */ 2700 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2701 const u8 *bssid; 2702 const u8 *pmkid; 2703 const u8 *pmk; 2704 size_t pmk_len; 2705 const u8 *ssid; 2706 size_t ssid_len; 2707 const u8 *cache_id; 2708 }; 2709 2710 /** 2711 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2712 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2713 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2714 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2715 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2716 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2717 * 2718 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2719 * memory, free @mask only! 2720 */ 2721 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2722 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2723 int pattern_len; 2724 int pkt_offset; 2725 }; 2726 2727 /** 2728 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2729 * 2730 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2731 * @src: source IP address 2732 * @dst: destination IP address 2733 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2734 * @src_port: source port 2735 * @dst_port: destination port 2736 * @payload_len: data payload length 2737 * @payload: data payload buffer 2738 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2739 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2740 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2741 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2742 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2743 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2744 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2745 */ 2746 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2747 struct socket *sock; 2748 __be32 src, dst; 2749 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2750 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2751 int payload_len; 2752 const u8 *payload; 2753 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2754 u32 data_interval; 2755 u32 wake_len; 2756 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2757 u32 tokens_size; 2758 /* must be last, variable member */ 2759 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2760 }; 2761 2762 /** 2763 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2764 * 2765 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2766 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2767 * operating as normal during suspend 2768 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2769 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2770 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2771 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2772 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2773 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2774 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2775 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2776 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2777 * NULL if not configured. 2778 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2779 */ 2780 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2781 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2782 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2783 rfkill_release; 2784 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2785 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2786 int n_patterns; 2787 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2788 }; 2789 2790 /** 2791 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2792 * 2793 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2794 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2795 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2796 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2797 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2798 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2799 */ 2800 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2801 int delay; 2802 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2803 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2804 int n_patterns; 2805 }; 2806 2807 /** 2808 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2809 * 2810 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2811 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2812 * @n_rules: number of rules 2813 */ 2814 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2815 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2816 int n_rules; 2817 }; 2818 2819 /** 2820 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2821 * 2822 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2823 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2824 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2825 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2826 * occurred (in MHz) 2827 */ 2828 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2829 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2830 int n_channels; 2831 u32 channels[]; 2832 }; 2833 2834 /** 2835 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2836 * 2837 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2838 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2839 * match information. 2840 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2841 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2842 */ 2843 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2844 int n_matches; 2845 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2846 }; 2847 2848 /** 2849 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2850 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2851 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2852 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2853 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2854 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2855 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2856 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2857 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2858 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2859 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2860 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2861 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2862 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2863 * it is. 2864 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2865 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2866 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2867 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2868 */ 2869 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2870 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2871 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2872 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2873 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2874 s32 pattern_idx; 2875 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2876 const void *packet; 2877 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2878 }; 2879 2880 /** 2881 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2882 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2883 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2884 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2885 */ 2886 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2887 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2888 }; 2889 2890 /** 2891 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2892 * 2893 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2894 * 2895 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2896 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2897 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2898 */ 2899 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2900 u16 md; 2901 const u8 *ie; 2902 size_t ie_len; 2903 }; 2904 2905 /** 2906 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2907 * 2908 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2909 * 2910 * @chan: channel to use 2911 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2912 * @wait: duration for ROC 2913 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2914 * @len: buffer length 2915 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2916 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2917 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2918 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2919 */ 2920 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2921 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2922 bool offchan; 2923 unsigned int wait; 2924 const u8 *buf; 2925 size_t len; 2926 bool no_cck; 2927 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2928 int n_csa_offsets; 2929 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2930 }; 2931 2932 /** 2933 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2934 * 2935 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2936 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2937 */ 2938 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2939 u8 dscp; 2940 u8 up; 2941 }; 2942 2943 /** 2944 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2945 * 2946 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2947 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2948 */ 2949 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2950 u8 low; 2951 u8 high; 2952 }; 2953 2954 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2955 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2956 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2957 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2958 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2959 2960 /** 2961 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2962 * 2963 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2964 * 2965 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2966 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2967 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2968 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2969 */ 2970 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2971 u8 num_des; 2972 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2973 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2974 }; 2975 2976 /** 2977 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2978 * 2979 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2980 * 2981 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2982 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2983 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2984 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2985 */ 2986 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2987 u8 master_pref; 2988 u8 bands; 2989 }; 2990 2991 /** 2992 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2993 * configuration 2994 * 2995 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2996 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2997 */ 2998 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2999 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3000 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3001 }; 3002 3003 /** 3004 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3005 * 3006 * @filter: the content of the filter 3007 * @len: the length of the filter 3008 */ 3009 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3010 const u8 *filter; 3011 u8 len; 3012 }; 3013 3014 /** 3015 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3016 * 3017 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3018 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3019 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3020 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3021 * implementation specific. 3022 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3023 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3024 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3025 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3026 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3027 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3028 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3029 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3030 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3031 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3032 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3033 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3034 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3035 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3036 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3037 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3038 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3039 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3040 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3041 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3042 */ 3043 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3044 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3045 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3046 u8 publish_type; 3047 bool close_range; 3048 bool publish_bcast; 3049 bool subscribe_active; 3050 u8 followup_id; 3051 u8 followup_reqid; 3052 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3053 u32 ttl; 3054 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3055 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3056 bool srf_include; 3057 const u8 *srf_bf; 3058 u8 srf_bf_len; 3059 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3060 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3061 int srf_num_macs; 3062 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3063 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3064 u8 num_tx_filters; 3065 u8 num_rx_filters; 3066 u8 instance_id; 3067 u64 cookie; 3068 }; 3069 3070 /** 3071 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3072 * 3073 * @aa: authenticator address 3074 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3075 * @pmk: the PMK material 3076 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3077 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3078 * holds PMK-R0. 3079 */ 3080 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3081 const u8 *aa; 3082 u8 pmk_len; 3083 const u8 *pmk; 3084 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3085 }; 3086 3087 /** 3088 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3089 * 3090 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3091 * 3092 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3093 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3094 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3095 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3096 * authentication response command interface. 3097 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3098 * authentication response command interface. 3099 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3100 * authentication request event interface. 3101 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3102 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3103 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3104 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3105 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3106 */ 3107 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3108 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3109 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3110 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3111 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3112 u16 status; 3113 const u8 *pmkid; 3114 }; 3115 3116 /** 3117 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3118 * 3119 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3120 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3121 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3122 * answered 3123 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3124 * successfully answered 3125 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3126 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3127 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3128 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3129 * of how much time the responder was busy 3130 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3131 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3132 * the responder 3133 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3134 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3135 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3136 */ 3137 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3138 u32 filled; 3139 u32 success_num; 3140 u32 partial_num; 3141 u32 failed_num; 3142 u32 asap_num; 3143 u32 non_asap_num; 3144 u64 total_duration_ms; 3145 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3146 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3147 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3148 }; 3149 3150 /** 3151 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3152 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3153 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3154 * reason than just "failure" 3155 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3156 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3157 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3158 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3159 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3160 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3161 * by the responder 3162 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3163 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3164 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3165 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3166 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3167 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3168 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3169 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3170 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3171 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3172 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3173 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3174 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3175 * the square root of the variance) 3176 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3177 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3178 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3179 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3180 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3181 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3182 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3183 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3184 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3185 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3186 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3187 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3188 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3189 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3190 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3191 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3192 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3193 */ 3194 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3195 const u8 *lci; 3196 const u8 *civicloc; 3197 unsigned int lci_len; 3198 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3199 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3200 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3201 s16 burst_index; 3202 u8 busy_retry_time; 3203 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3204 u8 burst_duration; 3205 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3206 s32 rssi_avg; 3207 s32 rssi_spread; 3208 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3209 s64 rtt_avg; 3210 s64 rtt_variance; 3211 s64 rtt_spread; 3212 s64 dist_avg; 3213 s64 dist_variance; 3214 s64 dist_spread; 3215 3216 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3217 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3218 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3219 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3220 tx_rate_valid:1, 3221 rx_rate_valid:1, 3222 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3223 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3224 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3225 dist_avg_valid:1, 3226 dist_variance_valid:1, 3227 dist_spread_valid:1; 3228 }; 3229 3230 /** 3231 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3232 * @addr: address of the peer 3233 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3234 * measurement was made) 3235 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3236 * @status: status of the measurement 3237 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3238 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3239 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3240 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3241 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3242 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3243 */ 3244 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3245 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3246 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3247 3248 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3249 3250 u8 final:1, 3251 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3252 3253 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3254 3255 union { 3256 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3257 }; 3258 }; 3259 3260 /** 3261 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3262 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3263 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3264 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3265 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3266 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3267 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3268 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3269 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3270 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3271 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3272 * 3273 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3274 */ 3275 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3276 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3277 u16 burst_period; 3278 u8 requested:1, 3279 asap:1, 3280 request_lci:1, 3281 request_civicloc:1; 3282 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3283 u8 burst_duration; 3284 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3285 u8 ftmr_retries; 3286 }; 3287 3288 /** 3289 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3290 * @addr: MAC address 3291 * @chandef: channel to use 3292 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3293 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3294 */ 3295 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3296 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3297 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3298 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3299 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3300 }; 3301 3302 /** 3303 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3304 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3305 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3306 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3307 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3308 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3309 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3310 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3311 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3312 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3313 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3314 * zero it means there's no timeout 3315 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3316 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3317 */ 3318 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3319 u64 cookie; 3320 void *drv_data; 3321 u32 n_peers; 3322 u32 nl_portid; 3323 3324 u32 timeout; 3325 3326 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3327 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3328 3329 struct list_head list; 3330 3331 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3332 }; 3333 3334 /** 3335 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3336 * 3337 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3338 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3339 * 3340 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3341 * 3342 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3343 * has to be done. 3344 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3345 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3346 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3347 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3348 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3349 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3350 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3351 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3352 */ 3353 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3354 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3355 u16 status; 3356 const u8 *ie; 3357 size_t ie_len; 3358 }; 3359 3360 /** 3361 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3362 * 3363 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3364 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3365 * 3366 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3367 * on success or a negative error code. 3368 * 3369 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3370 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3371 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3372 * 3373 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3374 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3375 * configured for the device. 3376 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3377 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3378 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3379 * the device. 3380 * 3381 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3382 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3383 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3384 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3385 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3386 * 3387 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3388 * 3389 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3390 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3391 * 3392 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3393 * when adding a group key. 3394 * 3395 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3396 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3397 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3398 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3399 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3400 * 3401 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3402 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3403 * 3404 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3405 * 3406 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3407 3408 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3409 * 3410 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3411 * 3412 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3413 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3414 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3415 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3416 * 3417 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3418 * @del_station: Remove a station 3419 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3420 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3421 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3422 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3423 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3424 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3425 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3426 * 3427 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3428 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3429 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3430 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3431 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3432 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3433 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3434 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3435 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3436 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3437 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3438 * 3439 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3440 * 3441 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3442 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3443 * set, and which to leave alone. 3444 * 3445 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3446 * 3447 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3448 * 3449 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3450 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3451 * join the mesh instead. 3452 * 3453 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3454 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3455 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3456 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3457 * 3458 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3459 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3460 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3461 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3462 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3463 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3464 * 3465 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3466 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3467 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3468 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3469 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3470 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3471 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3472 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3473 * 3474 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3475 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3476 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3477 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3478 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3479 * was received. 3480 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3481 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3482 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3483 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3484 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3485 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3486 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3487 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3488 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3489 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3490 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3491 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3492 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3493 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3494 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3495 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3496 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3497 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3498 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3499 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3500 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3501 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3502 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3503 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3504 * 3505 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3506 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3507 * to a merge. 3508 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3509 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3510 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3511 * 3512 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3513 * MESH mode) 3514 * 3515 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3516 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3517 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3518 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3519 * 3520 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3521 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3522 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3523 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3524 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3525 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3526 * return 0 if successful 3527 * 3528 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3529 * 3530 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3531 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3532 * 3533 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3534 * 3535 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3536 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3537 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3538 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3539 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3540 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3541 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3542 * the duration value. 3543 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3544 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3545 * frame on another channel 3546 * 3547 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3548 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3549 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3550 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3551 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3552 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3553 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3554 * 3555 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3556 * 3557 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3558 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3559 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3560 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3561 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3562 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3563 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3564 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3565 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3566 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3567 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3568 * disabled.) 3569 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3570 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3571 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3572 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3573 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3574 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3575 * thresholds. 3576 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3577 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3578 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3579 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3580 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3581 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3582 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3583 * 3584 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3585 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3586 * 3587 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3588 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3589 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3590 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3591 * 3592 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3593 * 3594 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3595 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3596 * 3597 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3598 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3599 * 3600 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3601 * 3602 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3603 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3604 * current monitoring channel. 3605 * 3606 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3607 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3608 * 3609 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3610 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3611 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3612 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3613 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3614 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3615 * 3616 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3617 * 3618 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3619 * was finished on another phy. 3620 * 3621 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3622 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3623 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3624 * 3625 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3626 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3627 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3628 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3629 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3630 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3631 * 3632 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3633 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3634 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3635 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3636 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3637 * as soon as possible. 3638 * 3639 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3640 * 3641 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3642 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3643 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3644 * 3645 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3646 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3647 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3648 * account. 3649 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3650 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3651 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3652 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3653 * rejected) 3654 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3655 * 3656 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3657 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3658 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3659 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3660 * 3661 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3662 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3663 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3664 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3665 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3666 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3667 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3668 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3669 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3670 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3671 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3672 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3673 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3674 * provided @nan_func. 3675 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3676 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3677 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3678 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3679 * 3680 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3681 * 3682 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3683 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3684 * 3685 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3686 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3687 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3688 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3689 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3690 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3691 * 3692 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3693 * user space 3694 * 3695 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3696 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3697 * 3698 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3699 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3700 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3701 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3702 * 3703 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3704 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3705 * DH IE through this interface. 3706 * 3707 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3708 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3709 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 3710 * This callback may sleep. 3711 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 3712 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 3713 */ 3714 struct cfg80211_ops { 3715 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3716 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3717 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3718 3719 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3720 const char *name, 3721 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3722 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3723 struct vif_params *params); 3724 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3725 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3726 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3727 struct net_device *dev, 3728 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3729 struct vif_params *params); 3730 3731 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3732 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3733 struct key_params *params); 3734 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3735 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3736 void *cookie, 3737 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3738 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3739 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3740 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3741 struct net_device *netdev, 3742 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3743 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3744 struct net_device *netdev, 3745 u8 key_index); 3746 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3747 struct net_device *netdev, 3748 u8 key_index); 3749 3750 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3751 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3752 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3753 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3754 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3755 3756 3757 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3758 const u8 *mac, 3759 struct station_parameters *params); 3760 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3761 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3762 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3763 const u8 *mac, 3764 struct station_parameters *params); 3765 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3766 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3767 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3768 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3769 3770 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3771 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3772 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3773 const u8 *dst); 3774 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3775 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3776 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3777 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3778 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3779 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3780 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3781 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3782 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3783 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3784 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3785 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3786 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3787 struct net_device *dev, 3788 struct mesh_config *conf); 3789 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3790 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3791 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3792 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3793 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3794 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3795 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3796 3797 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3798 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3799 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3800 3801 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3802 struct bss_parameters *params); 3803 3804 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3805 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3806 3807 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3808 struct net_device *dev, 3809 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3810 3811 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3812 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3813 3814 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3815 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3816 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3817 3818 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3819 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3820 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3821 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3822 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3823 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3824 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3825 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3826 3827 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3828 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3829 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3830 struct net_device *dev, 3831 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3832 u32 changed); 3833 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3834 u16 reason_code); 3835 3836 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3837 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3838 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3839 3840 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3841 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3842 3843 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3844 3845 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3846 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3847 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3848 int *dbm); 3849 3850 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3851 const u8 *addr); 3852 3853 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3854 3855 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3856 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3857 void *data, int len); 3858 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3859 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3860 void *data, int len); 3861 #endif 3862 3863 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3864 struct net_device *dev, 3865 const u8 *peer, 3866 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3867 3868 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3869 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3870 3871 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3872 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3873 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3874 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3875 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3876 3877 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3878 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3879 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3880 unsigned int duration, 3881 u64 *cookie); 3882 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3883 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3884 u64 cookie); 3885 3886 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3887 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3888 u64 *cookie); 3889 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3890 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3891 u64 cookie); 3892 3893 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3894 bool enabled, int timeout); 3895 3896 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3897 struct net_device *dev, 3898 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3899 3900 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3901 struct net_device *dev, 3902 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3903 3904 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3905 struct net_device *dev, 3906 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3907 3908 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3909 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3910 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3911 3912 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3913 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3914 3915 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3916 struct net_device *dev, 3917 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3918 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3919 u64 reqid); 3920 3921 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3922 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3923 3924 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3925 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3926 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3927 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3928 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3929 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3930 3931 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3932 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3933 3934 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3935 struct net_device *dev, 3936 u16 noack_map); 3937 3938 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3939 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3940 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3941 3942 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3943 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3944 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3945 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3946 3947 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3948 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3949 3950 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3951 struct net_device *dev, 3952 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3953 u32 cac_time_ms); 3954 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3955 struct net_device *dev); 3956 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3957 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3958 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3959 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3960 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3961 u16 duration); 3962 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3963 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3964 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3965 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3966 3967 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3968 struct net_device *dev, 3969 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3970 3971 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3972 struct net_device *dev, 3973 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3974 3975 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3976 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3977 3978 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3979 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3980 u16 admitted_time); 3981 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3982 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3983 3984 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3985 struct net_device *dev, 3986 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3987 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3988 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3989 struct net_device *dev, 3990 const u8 *addr); 3991 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3992 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3993 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3994 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3995 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3996 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3997 u64 cookie); 3998 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3999 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4000 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4001 u32 changes); 4002 4003 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4004 struct net_device *dev, 4005 const bool enabled); 4006 4007 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4008 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4009 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4010 4011 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4012 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4013 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4014 const u8 *aa); 4015 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4016 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4017 4018 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4019 struct net_device *dev, 4020 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4021 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4022 const bool noencrypt); 4023 4024 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4025 struct net_device *dev, 4026 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4027 4028 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4029 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4030 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4031 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4032 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4033 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4034 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4035 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4036 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4037 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4038 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4039 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4040 }; 4041 4042 /* 4043 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4044 * and registration/helper functions 4045 */ 4046 4047 /** 4048 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4049 * 4050 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4051 * wiphy at all 4052 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4053 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4054 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4055 * reason to override the default 4056 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4057 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4058 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4059 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4060 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4061 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4062 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4063 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4064 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4065 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4066 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4067 * firmware. 4068 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4069 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4070 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4071 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4072 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4073 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4074 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4075 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4076 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4077 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4078 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4079 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4080 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4081 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4082 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4083 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4084 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4085 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4086 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4087 * before connection. 4088 */ 4089 enum wiphy_flags { 4090 /* use hole at 0 */ 4091 /* use hole at 1 */ 4092 /* use hole at 2 */ 4093 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4094 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4095 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4096 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4097 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4098 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4099 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4100 /* use hole at 11 */ 4101 /* use hole at 12 */ 4102 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4103 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4104 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4105 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4106 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4107 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4108 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4109 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4110 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4111 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4112 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4113 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4114 }; 4115 4116 /** 4117 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4118 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4119 * @types: interface types (bits) 4120 */ 4121 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4122 u16 max; 4123 u16 types; 4124 }; 4125 4126 /** 4127 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4128 * 4129 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4130 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4131 * 4132 * Examples: 4133 * 4134 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4135 * 4136 * .. code-block:: c 4137 * 4138 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4139 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4140 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4141 * }; 4142 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4143 * .limits = limits1, 4144 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4145 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4146 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4147 * }; 4148 * 4149 * 4150 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4151 * 4152 * .. code-block:: c 4153 * 4154 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4155 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4156 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4157 * }; 4158 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4159 * .limits = limits2, 4160 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4161 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4162 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4163 * }; 4164 * 4165 * 4166 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4167 * 4168 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4169 * 4170 * .. code-block:: c 4171 * 4172 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4173 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4174 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4175 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4176 * }; 4177 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4178 * .limits = limits3, 4179 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4180 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4181 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4182 * }; 4183 * 4184 */ 4185 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4186 /** 4187 * @limits: 4188 * limits for the given interface types 4189 */ 4190 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4191 4192 /** 4193 * @num_different_channels: 4194 * can use up to this many different channels 4195 */ 4196 u32 num_different_channels; 4197 4198 /** 4199 * @max_interfaces: 4200 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4201 */ 4202 u16 max_interfaces; 4203 4204 /** 4205 * @n_limits: 4206 * number of limitations 4207 */ 4208 u8 n_limits; 4209 4210 /** 4211 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4212 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4213 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4214 */ 4215 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4216 4217 /** 4218 * @radar_detect_widths: 4219 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4220 */ 4221 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4222 4223 /** 4224 * @radar_detect_regions: 4225 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4226 */ 4227 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4228 4229 /** 4230 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4231 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4232 * 4233 * = 0 4234 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4235 * > 0 4236 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4237 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4238 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4239 */ 4240 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4241 }; 4242 4243 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4244 u16 tx, rx; 4245 }; 4246 4247 /** 4248 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4249 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4250 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4251 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4252 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4253 * packet should be preserved in that case 4254 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4255 * (see nl80211.h) 4256 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4257 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4258 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4259 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4260 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4261 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4262 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4263 */ 4264 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4265 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4266 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4267 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4268 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4269 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4270 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4271 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4272 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4273 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4274 }; 4275 4276 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4277 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4278 u32 data_payload_max; 4279 u32 data_interval_max; 4280 u32 wake_payload_max; 4281 bool seq; 4282 }; 4283 4284 /** 4285 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4286 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4287 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4288 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4289 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4290 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4291 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4292 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4293 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4294 * scheduled scans. 4295 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4296 * details. 4297 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4298 */ 4299 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4300 u32 flags; 4301 int n_patterns; 4302 int pattern_max_len; 4303 int pattern_min_len; 4304 int max_pkt_offset; 4305 int max_nd_match_sets; 4306 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4307 }; 4308 4309 /** 4310 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4311 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4312 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4313 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4314 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4315 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4316 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4317 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4318 */ 4319 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4320 int n_rules; 4321 int max_delay; 4322 int n_patterns; 4323 int pattern_max_len; 4324 int pattern_min_len; 4325 int max_pkt_offset; 4326 }; 4327 4328 /** 4329 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4330 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4331 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4332 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4333 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4334 */ 4335 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4336 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4337 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4338 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4339 }; 4340 4341 /** 4342 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4343 * 4344 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4345 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4346 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4347 * 4348 */ 4349 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4350 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4351 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4352 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4353 }; 4354 4355 /** 4356 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4357 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4358 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4359 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4360 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4361 */ 4362 4363 struct sta_opmode_info { 4364 u32 changed; 4365 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4366 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4367 u8 rx_nss; 4368 }; 4369 4370 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4371 4372 /** 4373 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4374 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4375 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4376 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4377 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4378 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4379 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4380 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4381 * dumpit calls. 4382 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4383 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4384 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4385 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4386 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4387 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4388 * are used with dump requests. 4389 */ 4390 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4391 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4392 u32 flags; 4393 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4394 const void *data, int data_len); 4395 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4396 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4397 unsigned long *storage); 4398 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4399 unsigned int maxattr; 4400 }; 4401 4402 /** 4403 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4404 * @iftype: interface type 4405 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4406 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4407 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4408 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4409 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4410 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4411 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4412 */ 4413 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4414 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4415 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4416 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4417 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4418 }; 4419 4420 /** 4421 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4422 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4423 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4424 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4425 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4426 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4427 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4428 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4429 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4430 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4431 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4432 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4433 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4434 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4435 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4436 * not limited) 4437 */ 4438 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4439 unsigned int max_peers; 4440 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4441 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4442 4443 struct { 4444 u32 preambles; 4445 u32 bandwidths; 4446 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4447 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4448 u8 supported:1, 4449 asap:1, 4450 non_asap:1, 4451 request_lci:1, 4452 request_civicloc:1; 4453 } ftm; 4454 }; 4455 4456 /** 4457 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4458 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4459 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4460 * 4461 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4462 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4463 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4464 */ 4465 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4466 u16 iftypes_mask; 4467 const u32 *akm_suites; 4468 int n_akm_suites; 4469 }; 4470 4471 /** 4472 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4473 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4474 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4475 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4476 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4477 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4478 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4479 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4480 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4481 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4482 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4483 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4484 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4485 * iftype_akm_suites. 4486 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4487 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4488 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4489 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4490 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4491 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4492 * suites are specified separately. 4493 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4494 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4495 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4496 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4497 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4498 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4499 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4500 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4501 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4502 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4503 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4504 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4505 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4506 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4507 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4508 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4509 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4510 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4511 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4512 * unregister hardware 4513 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4514 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4515 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4516 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4517 * (see below). 4518 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4519 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4520 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4521 * must be set by driver 4522 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4523 * list single interface types. 4524 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4525 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4526 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4527 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4528 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4529 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4530 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4531 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4532 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4533 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4534 * this variable determines its size 4535 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4536 * any given scan 4537 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4538 * the device can run concurrently. 4539 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4540 * for in any given scheduled scan 4541 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4542 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4543 * supported. 4544 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4545 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4546 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4547 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4548 * scans 4549 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4550 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4551 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4552 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4553 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4554 * scan plan supported by the device. 4555 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4556 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4557 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4558 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4559 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4560 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4561 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4562 * 4563 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4564 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4565 * type 4566 * 4567 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4568 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4569 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4570 * 4571 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4572 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4573 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4574 * 4575 * @probe_resp_offload: 4576 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4577 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4578 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4579 * 4580 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4581 * may request, if implemented. 4582 * 4583 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4584 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4585 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4586 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4587 * 4588 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4589 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4590 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4591 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4592 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4593 * 4594 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4595 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4596 * 4597 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4598 * supports for ACL. 4599 * 4600 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4601 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4602 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4603 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4604 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4605 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4606 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4607 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4608 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4609 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4610 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4611 * capabilities are specified separately. 4612 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4613 * 4614 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4615 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4616 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4617 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4618 * 4619 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4620 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4621 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4622 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4623 * 4624 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4625 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4626 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4627 * infinite. 4628 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4629 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4630 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4631 * 4632 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4633 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4634 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4635 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4636 * 4637 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4638 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4639 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4640 * 4641 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4642 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4643 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4644 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4645 * 4646 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4647 * 4648 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 4649 * device has 4650 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4651 * supported by the driver for each vif 4652 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4653 * supported by the driver for each peer 4654 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 4655 * long/short retry configuration 4656 */ 4657 struct wiphy { 4658 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4659 4660 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4661 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4662 4663 struct mac_address *addresses; 4664 4665 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4666 4667 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4668 int n_iface_combinations; 4669 u16 software_iftypes; 4670 4671 u16 n_addresses; 4672 4673 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4674 u16 interface_modes; 4675 4676 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4677 4678 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4679 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4680 4681 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4682 4683 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4684 4685 int bss_priv_size; 4686 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4687 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4688 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4689 u8 max_match_sets; 4690 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4691 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4692 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4693 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4694 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4695 4696 int n_cipher_suites; 4697 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4698 4699 int n_akm_suites; 4700 const u32 *akm_suites; 4701 4702 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4703 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4704 4705 u8 retry_short; 4706 u8 retry_long; 4707 u32 frag_threshold; 4708 u32 rts_threshold; 4709 u8 coverage_class; 4710 4711 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4712 u32 hw_version; 4713 4714 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4715 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4716 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4717 #endif 4718 4719 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4720 4721 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4722 4723 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4724 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4725 4726 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4727 4728 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4729 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4730 4731 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4732 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4733 4734 const void *privid; 4735 4736 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4737 4738 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4739 struct regulatory_request *request); 4740 4741 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4742 4743 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4744 4745 struct device dev; 4746 4747 bool registered; 4748 4749 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4750 4751 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4752 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4753 4754 struct list_head wdev_list; 4755 4756 possible_net_t _net; 4757 4758 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4759 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4760 #endif 4761 4762 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4763 4764 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4765 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4766 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4767 4768 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4769 4770 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4771 4772 u32 bss_select_support; 4773 4774 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4775 4776 u32 txq_limit; 4777 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4778 u32 txq_quantum; 4779 4780 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 4781 4782 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4783 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4784 4785 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4786 4787 struct { 4788 u64 peer, vif; 4789 u8 max_retry; 4790 } tid_config_support; 4791 4792 u8 max_data_retry_count; 4793 4794 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4795 }; 4796 4797 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4798 { 4799 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4800 } 4801 4802 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4803 { 4804 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4805 } 4806 4807 /** 4808 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4809 * 4810 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4811 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4812 */ 4813 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4814 { 4815 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4816 return &wiphy->priv; 4817 } 4818 4819 /** 4820 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4821 * 4822 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4823 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4824 */ 4825 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4826 { 4827 BUG_ON(!priv); 4828 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4829 } 4830 4831 /** 4832 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4833 * 4834 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4835 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4836 */ 4837 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4838 { 4839 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4840 } 4841 4842 /** 4843 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4844 * 4845 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4846 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4847 */ 4848 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4849 { 4850 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4851 } 4852 4853 /** 4854 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4855 * 4856 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4857 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4858 */ 4859 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4860 { 4861 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4862 } 4863 4864 /** 4865 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4866 * 4867 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4868 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4869 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4870 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4871 * 4872 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4873 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4874 * 4875 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4876 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4877 */ 4878 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4879 const char *requested_name); 4880 4881 /** 4882 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4883 * 4884 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4885 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4886 * 4887 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4888 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4889 * 4890 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4891 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4892 */ 4893 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4894 int sizeof_priv) 4895 { 4896 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4897 } 4898 4899 /** 4900 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4901 * 4902 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4903 * 4904 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4905 */ 4906 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4907 4908 /** 4909 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4910 * 4911 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4912 * 4913 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4914 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4915 * request that is being handled. 4916 */ 4917 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4918 4919 /** 4920 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4921 * 4922 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4923 */ 4924 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4925 4926 /* internal structs */ 4927 struct cfg80211_conn; 4928 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4929 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4930 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4931 4932 /** 4933 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4934 * 4935 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4936 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4937 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4938 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4939 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4940 * 4941 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4942 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4943 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4944 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4945 * 4946 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4947 * @iftype: interface type 4948 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4949 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4950 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4951 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4952 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4953 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4954 * the user-set channel definition. 4955 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4956 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4957 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4958 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4959 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4960 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4961 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4962 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4963 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4964 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4965 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4966 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4967 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4968 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4969 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4970 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4971 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4972 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4973 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4974 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4975 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4976 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4977 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4978 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4979 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4980 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4981 * and some API functions require it held 4982 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4983 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4984 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4985 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4986 * the P2P Device. 4987 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4988 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4989 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4990 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4991 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4992 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4993 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4994 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4995 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4996 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4997 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4998 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4999 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5000 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5001 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5002 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5003 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5004 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5005 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5006 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5007 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5008 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5009 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5010 */ 5011 struct wireless_dev { 5012 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5013 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5014 5015 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5016 struct list_head list; 5017 struct net_device *netdev; 5018 5019 u32 identifier; 5020 5021 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5022 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 5023 5024 struct mutex mtx; 5025 5026 bool use_4addr, is_running; 5027 5028 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5029 5030 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5031 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5032 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5033 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5034 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5035 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5036 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5037 5038 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5039 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5040 5041 struct list_head event_list; 5042 spinlock_t event_lock; 5043 5044 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5045 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5046 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5047 5048 bool ibss_fixed; 5049 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5050 5051 bool ps; 5052 int ps_timeout; 5053 5054 int beacon_interval; 5055 5056 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5057 5058 u32 owner_nlportid; 5059 bool nl_owner_dead; 5060 5061 bool cac_started; 5062 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5063 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5064 5065 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5066 /* wext data */ 5067 struct { 5068 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5069 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5070 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5071 const u8 *ie; 5072 size_t ie_len; 5073 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5074 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5075 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5076 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5077 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5078 } wext; 5079 #endif 5080 5081 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5082 5083 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5084 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5085 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5086 }; 5087 5088 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5089 { 5090 if (wdev->netdev) 5091 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5092 return wdev->address; 5093 } 5094 5095 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5096 { 5097 if (wdev->netdev) 5098 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5099 return wdev->is_running; 5100 } 5101 5102 /** 5103 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5104 * 5105 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5106 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5107 */ 5108 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5109 { 5110 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5111 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5112 } 5113 5114 /** 5115 * DOC: Utility functions 5116 * 5117 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5118 */ 5119 5120 /** 5121 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5122 * @chan: channel number 5123 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5124 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5125 */ 5126 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5127 5128 /** 5129 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5130 * @freq: center frequency 5131 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5132 */ 5133 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5134 5135 /** 5136 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5137 * 5138 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5139 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5140 * 5141 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5142 */ 5143 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5144 5145 /** 5146 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5147 * 5148 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5149 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5150 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5151 * 5152 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5153 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5154 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5155 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5156 */ 5157 struct ieee80211_rate * 5158 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5159 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5160 5161 /** 5162 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5163 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5164 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5165 * 5166 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5167 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5168 */ 5169 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5170 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5171 5172 /* 5173 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5174 * 5175 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5176 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5177 */ 5178 5179 struct radiotap_align_size { 5180 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5181 }; 5182 5183 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5184 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5185 int n_bits; 5186 uint32_t oui; 5187 uint8_t subns; 5188 }; 5189 5190 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5191 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5192 int n_ns; 5193 }; 5194 5195 /** 5196 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5197 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5198 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5199 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5200 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5201 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5202 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5203 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5204 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5205 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5206 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5207 * radiotap namespace or not 5208 * 5209 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5210 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5211 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5212 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5213 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5214 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5215 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5216 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5217 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5218 * next bitmap word 5219 * 5220 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5221 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5222 */ 5223 5224 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5225 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5226 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5227 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5228 5229 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5230 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5231 5232 unsigned char *this_arg; 5233 int this_arg_index; 5234 int this_arg_size; 5235 5236 int is_radiotap_ns; 5237 5238 int _max_length; 5239 int _arg_index; 5240 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5241 int _reset_on_ext; 5242 }; 5243 5244 int 5245 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5246 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5247 int max_length, 5248 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5249 5250 int 5251 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5252 5253 5254 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5255 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5256 5257 /** 5258 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5259 * 5260 * @skb: the frame 5261 * 5262 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5263 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5264 * 5265 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5266 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5267 * 802.11 header. 5268 */ 5269 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5270 5271 /** 5272 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5273 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5274 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5275 */ 5276 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5277 5278 /** 5279 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5280 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5281 * (first byte) will be accessed 5282 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5283 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5284 */ 5285 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5286 5287 /** 5288 * DOC: Data path helpers 5289 * 5290 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5291 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5292 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5293 */ 5294 5295 /** 5296 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5297 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5298 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5299 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5300 * @addr: the device MAC address 5301 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5302 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5303 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5304 */ 5305 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5306 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5307 u8 data_offset); 5308 5309 /** 5310 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5311 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5312 * @addr: the device MAC address 5313 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5314 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5315 */ 5316 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5317 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5318 { 5319 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5320 } 5321 5322 /** 5323 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5324 * 5325 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5326 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5327 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5328 * 5329 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5330 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5331 * initialized by by the caller. 5332 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5333 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5334 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5335 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5336 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5337 */ 5338 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5339 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5340 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5341 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5342 5343 /** 5344 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5345 * @skb: the data frame 5346 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5347 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5348 */ 5349 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5350 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5351 5352 /** 5353 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5354 * 5355 * @eid: element ID 5356 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5357 * @len: length of data 5358 * @match: byte array to match 5359 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5360 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5361 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5362 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5363 * the data portion instead. 5364 * 5365 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5366 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5367 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5368 * requested element struct. 5369 * 5370 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5371 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5372 * byte array to match. 5373 */ 5374 const struct element * 5375 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5376 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5377 unsigned int match_offset); 5378 5379 /** 5380 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5381 * 5382 * @eid: element ID 5383 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5384 * @len: length of data 5385 * @match: byte array to match 5386 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5387 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5388 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5389 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5390 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5391 * the second byte is the IE length. 5392 * 5393 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5394 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5395 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5396 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5397 * element ID. 5398 * 5399 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5400 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5401 * byte array to match. 5402 */ 5403 static inline const u8 * 5404 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5405 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5406 unsigned int match_offset) 5407 { 5408 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5409 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5410 */ 5411 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5412 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5413 return NULL; 5414 5415 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5416 match, match_len, 5417 match_offset ? 5418 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5419 } 5420 5421 /** 5422 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5423 * 5424 * @eid: element ID 5425 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5426 * @len: length of data 5427 * 5428 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5429 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5430 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5431 * requested element struct. 5432 * 5433 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5434 * having to fit into the given data. 5435 */ 5436 static inline const struct element * 5437 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5438 { 5439 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5440 } 5441 5442 /** 5443 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5444 * 5445 * @eid: element ID 5446 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5447 * @len: length of data 5448 * 5449 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5450 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5451 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5452 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5453 * 5454 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5455 * having to fit into the given data. 5456 */ 5457 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5458 { 5459 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5460 } 5461 5462 /** 5463 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5464 * 5465 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5466 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5467 * @len: length of data 5468 * 5469 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5470 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5471 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5472 * requested element struct. 5473 * 5474 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5475 * having to fit into the given data. 5476 */ 5477 static inline const struct element * 5478 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5479 { 5480 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5481 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5482 } 5483 5484 /** 5485 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5486 * 5487 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5488 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5489 * @len: length of data 5490 * 5491 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5492 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5493 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5494 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5495 * 5496 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5497 * having to fit into the given data. 5498 */ 5499 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5500 { 5501 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5502 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5503 } 5504 5505 /** 5506 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5507 * 5508 * @oui: vendor OUI 5509 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5510 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5511 * @len: length of data 5512 * 5513 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5514 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5515 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5516 * 5517 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5518 * the given data. 5519 */ 5520 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5521 const u8 *ies, 5522 unsigned int len); 5523 5524 /** 5525 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5526 * 5527 * @oui: vendor OUI 5528 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5529 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5530 * @len: length of data 5531 * 5532 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5533 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5534 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5535 * element ID. 5536 * 5537 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5538 * the given data. 5539 */ 5540 static inline const u8 * 5541 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5542 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5543 { 5544 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5545 } 5546 5547 /** 5548 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5549 * 5550 * @dev: network device 5551 * @addr: STA MAC address 5552 * 5553 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5554 * devices upon STA association. 5555 */ 5556 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5557 5558 /** 5559 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5560 * 5561 * TODO 5562 */ 5563 5564 /** 5565 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5566 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5567 * conflicts) 5568 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5569 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5570 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5571 * alpha2. 5572 * 5573 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5574 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5575 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5576 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5577 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5578 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5579 * 5580 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5581 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5582 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5583 * 5584 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5585 * an -ENOMEM. 5586 * 5587 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5588 */ 5589 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5590 5591 /** 5592 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5593 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5594 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5595 * 5596 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5597 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5598 * information. 5599 * 5600 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5601 */ 5602 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5603 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5604 5605 /** 5606 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5607 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5608 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5609 * 5610 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5611 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5612 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5613 * 5614 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5615 */ 5616 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5617 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5618 5619 /** 5620 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5621 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5622 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5623 * 5624 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5625 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5626 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5627 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5628 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5629 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5630 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5631 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5632 * that called this helper. 5633 */ 5634 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5635 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5636 5637 /** 5638 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5639 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5640 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5641 * 5642 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5643 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5644 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5645 * and processed already. 5646 * 5647 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5648 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5649 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5650 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5651 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5652 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5653 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5654 */ 5655 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5656 u32 center_freq); 5657 5658 /** 5659 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5660 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5661 * 5662 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5663 * proper string representation. 5664 */ 5665 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5666 5667 /** 5668 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5669 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5670 * 5671 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5672 */ 5673 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5674 5675 /** 5676 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5677 * 5678 */ 5679 5680 /** 5681 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5682 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5683 * 5684 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5685 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5686 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5687 * 5688 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5689 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5690 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5691 * 5692 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5693 * an -ENODATA. 5694 * 5695 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5696 */ 5697 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5698 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5699 5700 /* 5701 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5702 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5703 */ 5704 5705 /** 5706 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5707 * 5708 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5709 * @info: information about the completed scan 5710 */ 5711 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5712 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5713 5714 /** 5715 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5716 * 5717 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5718 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5719 */ 5720 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5721 5722 /** 5723 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5724 * 5725 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5726 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5727 * 5728 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5729 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5730 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5731 */ 5732 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5733 5734 /** 5735 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5736 * 5737 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5738 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5739 * 5740 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5741 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5742 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5743 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5744 */ 5745 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5746 5747 /** 5748 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5749 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5750 * @data: the BSS metadata 5751 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5752 * @len: length of the management frame 5753 * @gfp: context flags 5754 * 5755 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5756 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5757 * 5758 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5759 * Or %NULL on error. 5760 */ 5761 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5762 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5763 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5764 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5765 gfp_t gfp); 5766 5767 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5768 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5769 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5770 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5771 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5772 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5773 { 5774 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5775 .chan = rx_channel, 5776 .scan_width = scan_width, 5777 .signal = signal, 5778 }; 5779 5780 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5781 } 5782 5783 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5784 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5785 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5786 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5787 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5788 { 5789 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5790 .chan = rx_channel, 5791 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5792 .signal = signal, 5793 }; 5794 5795 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5796 } 5797 5798 /** 5799 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5800 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5801 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5802 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5803 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5804 */ 5805 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5806 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5807 { 5808 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5809 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5810 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5811 5812 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5813 5814 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5815 5816 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5817 } 5818 5819 /** 5820 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5821 * @element: element to check 5822 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5823 */ 5824 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5825 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5826 5827 /** 5828 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5829 * @ie: ies 5830 * @ielen: length of IEs 5831 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5832 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5833 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5834 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5835 */ 5836 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5837 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5838 const struct element *sub_elem, 5839 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5840 5841 /** 5842 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5843 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5844 * from a beacon or probe response 5845 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5846 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5847 */ 5848 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5849 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5850 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5851 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5852 }; 5853 5854 /** 5855 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5856 * 5857 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5858 * @data: the BSS metadata 5859 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5860 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5861 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5862 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5863 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5864 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5865 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5866 * @gfp: context flags 5867 * 5868 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5869 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5870 * 5871 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5872 * Or %NULL on error. 5873 */ 5874 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5875 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5876 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5877 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5878 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5879 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5880 gfp_t gfp); 5881 5882 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5883 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5884 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5885 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5886 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5887 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5888 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5889 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5890 { 5891 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5892 .chan = rx_channel, 5893 .scan_width = scan_width, 5894 .signal = signal, 5895 }; 5896 5897 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5898 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5899 gfp); 5900 } 5901 5902 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5903 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5904 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5905 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5906 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5907 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5908 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5909 { 5910 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5911 .chan = rx_channel, 5912 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5913 .signal = signal, 5914 }; 5915 5916 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5917 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5918 gfp); 5919 } 5920 5921 /** 5922 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5923 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5924 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5925 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5926 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5927 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5928 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5929 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5930 */ 5931 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5932 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5933 const u8 *bssid, 5934 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5935 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5936 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5937 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5938 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5939 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5940 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5941 { 5942 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5943 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5944 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5945 } 5946 5947 /** 5948 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5949 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5950 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5951 * 5952 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5953 */ 5954 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5955 5956 /** 5957 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5958 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5959 * @bss: the BSS struct 5960 * 5961 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5962 */ 5963 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5964 5965 /** 5966 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5967 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5968 * @bss: the bss to remove 5969 * 5970 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5971 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5972 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5973 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5974 */ 5975 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5976 5977 /** 5978 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5979 * 5980 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5981 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5982 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5983 * 5984 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5985 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5986 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5987 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5988 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5989 */ 5990 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5991 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5992 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5993 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5994 void *data), 5995 void *iter_data); 5996 5997 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5998 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5999 { 6000 switch (chandef->width) { 6001 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6002 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6003 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6004 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6005 default: 6006 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 /** 6011 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6012 * @dev: network device 6013 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6014 * @len: length of the frame data 6015 * 6016 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6017 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6018 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6019 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6020 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6021 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6022 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6023 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6024 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6025 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6026 * 6027 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6028 */ 6029 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6030 6031 /** 6032 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6033 * @dev: network device 6034 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6035 * 6036 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6037 * mutex. 6038 */ 6039 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6040 6041 /** 6042 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6043 * @dev: network device 6044 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6045 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6046 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6047 * @len: length of the frame data 6048 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6049 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6050 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6051 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6052 * 6053 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6054 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6055 * 6056 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6057 */ 6058 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6059 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6060 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6061 int uapsd_queues, 6062 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6063 6064 /** 6065 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6066 * @dev: network device 6067 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6068 * 6069 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6070 */ 6071 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6072 6073 /** 6074 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6075 * @dev: network device 6076 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6077 * 6078 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6079 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6080 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6081 */ 6082 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6083 6084 /** 6085 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6086 * @dev: network device 6087 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6088 * @len: length of the frame data 6089 * 6090 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6091 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6092 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6093 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6094 */ 6095 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6096 6097 /** 6098 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6099 * @dev: network device 6100 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 6101 * @len: length of the frame data 6102 * 6103 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6104 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6105 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 6106 */ 6107 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6108 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6109 6110 /** 6111 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6112 * @dev: network device 6113 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6114 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6115 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6116 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6117 * @gfp: allocation flags 6118 * 6119 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6120 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6121 * primitive. 6122 */ 6123 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6124 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6125 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6126 6127 /** 6128 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6129 * 6130 * @dev: network device 6131 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6132 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6133 * @gfp: allocation flags 6134 * 6135 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6136 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6137 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6138 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6139 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6140 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6141 */ 6142 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6143 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6144 6145 /** 6146 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6147 * 6148 * @dev: network device 6149 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6150 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6151 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6152 * @gfp: allocation flags 6153 * 6154 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6155 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6156 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6157 */ 6158 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6159 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6160 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6161 6162 /** 6163 * DOC: RFkill integration 6164 * 6165 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6166 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6167 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6168 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6169 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6170 * 6171 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6172 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6173 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6174 */ 6175 6176 /** 6177 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6178 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6179 * @blocked: block status 6180 */ 6181 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6182 6183 /** 6184 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6185 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6186 */ 6187 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6188 6189 /** 6190 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6191 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6192 */ 6193 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6194 6195 /** 6196 * DOC: Vendor commands 6197 * 6198 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6199 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6200 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6201 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6202 * the configuration mechanism. 6203 * 6204 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6205 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6206 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6207 * 6208 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6209 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6210 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6211 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6212 * managers etc. need. 6213 */ 6214 6215 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6216 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6217 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6218 int approxlen); 6219 6220 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6221 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6222 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6223 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6224 unsigned int portid, 6225 int vendor_event_idx, 6226 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6227 6228 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6229 6230 /** 6231 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6232 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6233 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6234 * be put into the skb 6235 * 6236 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6237 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6238 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6239 * 6240 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6241 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6242 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6243 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6244 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6245 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6246 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6247 * 6248 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6249 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6250 * 6251 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6252 */ 6253 static inline struct sk_buff * 6254 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6255 { 6256 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6257 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6258 } 6259 6260 /** 6261 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6262 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6263 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6264 * 6265 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6266 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6267 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6268 * skb regardless of the return value. 6269 * 6270 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6271 */ 6272 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6273 6274 /** 6275 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6276 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6277 * 6278 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6279 * Valid to call only there. 6280 */ 6281 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6282 6283 /** 6284 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6285 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6286 * @wdev: the wireless device 6287 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6288 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6289 * be put into the skb 6290 * @gfp: allocation flags 6291 * 6292 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6293 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6294 * 6295 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6296 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6297 * attribute. 6298 * 6299 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6300 * skb to send the event. 6301 * 6302 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6303 */ 6304 static inline struct sk_buff * 6305 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6306 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6307 { 6308 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6309 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6310 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6311 } 6312 6313 /** 6314 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6315 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6316 * @wdev: the wireless device 6317 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6318 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6319 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6320 * be put into the skb 6321 * @gfp: allocation flags 6322 * 6323 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6324 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6325 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6326 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6327 * 6328 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6329 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6330 * attribute. 6331 * 6332 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6333 * skb to send the event. 6334 * 6335 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6336 */ 6337 static inline struct sk_buff * 6338 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6339 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6340 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6341 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6342 { 6343 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6344 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6345 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6346 } 6347 6348 /** 6349 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6350 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6351 * @gfp: allocation flags 6352 * 6353 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6354 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6355 */ 6356 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6357 { 6358 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6359 } 6360 6361 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6362 /** 6363 * DOC: Test mode 6364 * 6365 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6366 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6367 * factory programming. 6368 * 6369 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6370 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6371 */ 6372 6373 /** 6374 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6375 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6376 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6377 * be put into the skb 6378 * 6379 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6380 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6381 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6382 * 6383 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6384 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6385 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6386 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6387 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6388 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6389 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6390 * 6391 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6392 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6393 * 6394 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6395 */ 6396 static inline struct sk_buff * 6397 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6398 { 6399 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6400 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6401 } 6402 6403 /** 6404 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6405 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6406 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6407 * 6408 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6409 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6410 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6411 * regardless of the return value. 6412 * 6413 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6414 */ 6415 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6416 { 6417 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6418 } 6419 6420 /** 6421 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6422 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6423 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6424 * be put into the skb 6425 * @gfp: allocation flags 6426 * 6427 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6428 * testmode multicast group. 6429 * 6430 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6431 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6432 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6433 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6434 * in any other way. 6435 * 6436 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6437 * skb to send the event. 6438 * 6439 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6440 */ 6441 static inline struct sk_buff * 6442 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6443 { 6444 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6445 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6446 approxlen, gfp); 6447 } 6448 6449 /** 6450 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6451 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6452 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6453 * @gfp: allocation flags 6454 * 6455 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6456 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6457 * consumes it. 6458 */ 6459 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6460 { 6461 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6462 } 6463 6464 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6465 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6466 #else 6467 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6468 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6469 #endif 6470 6471 /** 6472 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6473 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6474 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6475 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6476 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6477 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6478 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6479 * status for a FILS connection. 6480 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6481 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6482 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6483 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6484 */ 6485 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6486 const u8 *kek; 6487 size_t kek_len; 6488 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6489 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6490 const u8 *pmk; 6491 size_t pmk_len; 6492 const u8 *pmkid; 6493 }; 6494 6495 /** 6496 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6497 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6498 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6499 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6500 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6501 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6502 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6503 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6504 * case. 6505 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6506 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6507 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6508 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6509 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6510 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6511 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6512 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6513 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6514 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6515 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6516 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6517 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6518 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6519 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6520 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6521 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6522 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6523 */ 6524 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6525 int status; 6526 const u8 *bssid; 6527 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6528 const u8 *req_ie; 6529 size_t req_ie_len; 6530 const u8 *resp_ie; 6531 size_t resp_ie_len; 6532 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6533 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6534 }; 6535 6536 /** 6537 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6538 * 6539 * @dev: network device 6540 * @params: connection response parameters 6541 * @gfp: allocation flags 6542 * 6543 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6544 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6545 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6546 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6547 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6548 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6549 */ 6550 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6551 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6552 gfp_t gfp); 6553 6554 /** 6555 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6556 * 6557 * @dev: network device 6558 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6559 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6560 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6561 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6562 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6563 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6564 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6565 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6566 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6567 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6568 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6569 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6570 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6571 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6572 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6573 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6574 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6575 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6576 * case. 6577 * @gfp: allocation flags 6578 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6579 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6580 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6581 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6582 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6583 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6584 * 6585 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6586 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6587 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6588 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6589 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6590 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6591 */ 6592 static inline void 6593 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6594 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6595 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6596 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6597 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6598 { 6599 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6600 6601 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6602 params.status = status; 6603 params.bssid = bssid; 6604 params.bss = bss; 6605 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6606 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6607 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6608 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6609 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6610 6611 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6612 } 6613 6614 /** 6615 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6616 * 6617 * @dev: network device 6618 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6619 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6620 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6621 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6622 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6623 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6624 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6625 * the real status code for failures. 6626 * @gfp: allocation flags 6627 * 6628 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6629 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6630 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6631 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6632 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6633 */ 6634 static inline void 6635 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6636 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6637 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6638 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6639 { 6640 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6641 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6642 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6643 } 6644 6645 /** 6646 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6647 * 6648 * @dev: network device 6649 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6650 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6651 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6652 * @gfp: allocation flags 6653 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6654 * 6655 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6656 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6657 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6658 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6659 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6660 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6661 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6662 */ 6663 static inline void 6664 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6665 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6666 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6667 { 6668 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6669 gfp, timeout_reason); 6670 } 6671 6672 /** 6673 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6674 * 6675 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6676 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6677 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6678 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6679 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6680 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6681 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6682 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6683 */ 6684 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6685 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6686 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6687 const u8 *bssid; 6688 const u8 *req_ie; 6689 size_t req_ie_len; 6690 const u8 *resp_ie; 6691 size_t resp_ie_len; 6692 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6693 }; 6694 6695 /** 6696 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6697 * 6698 * @dev: network device 6699 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6700 * @gfp: allocation flags 6701 * 6702 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6703 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6704 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6705 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6706 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6707 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6708 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6709 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6710 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6711 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6712 */ 6713 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6714 gfp_t gfp); 6715 6716 /** 6717 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6718 * 6719 * @dev: network device 6720 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6721 * @gfp: allocation flags 6722 * 6723 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6724 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6725 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6726 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6727 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6728 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6729 */ 6730 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6731 gfp_t gfp); 6732 6733 /** 6734 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6735 * 6736 * @dev: network device 6737 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6738 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6739 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6740 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6741 * @gfp: allocation flags 6742 * 6743 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6744 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6745 */ 6746 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6747 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6748 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6749 6750 /** 6751 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6752 * @wdev: wireless device 6753 * @cookie: the request cookie 6754 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6755 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6756 * channel 6757 * @gfp: allocation flags 6758 */ 6759 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6760 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6761 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6762 6763 /** 6764 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6765 * @wdev: wireless device 6766 * @cookie: the request cookie 6767 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6768 * @gfp: allocation flags 6769 */ 6770 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6771 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6772 gfp_t gfp); 6773 6774 /** 6775 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6776 * @wdev: wireless device 6777 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6778 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6779 * @gfp: allocation flags 6780 */ 6781 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6782 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6783 6784 /** 6785 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6786 * 6787 * @sinfo: the station information 6788 * @gfp: allocation flags 6789 */ 6790 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6791 6792 /** 6793 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6794 * @sinfo: the station information 6795 * 6796 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6797 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6798 * the stack.) 6799 */ 6800 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6801 { 6802 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6803 } 6804 6805 /** 6806 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6807 * 6808 * @dev: the netdev 6809 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6810 * @sinfo: the station information 6811 * @gfp: allocation flags 6812 */ 6813 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6814 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6815 6816 /** 6817 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6818 * @dev: the netdev 6819 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6820 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6821 * @gfp: allocation flags 6822 */ 6823 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6824 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6825 6826 /** 6827 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6828 * 6829 * @dev: the netdev 6830 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6831 * @gfp: allocation flags 6832 */ 6833 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6834 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6835 { 6836 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6837 } 6838 6839 /** 6840 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6841 * 6842 * @dev: the netdev 6843 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6844 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6845 * @gfp: allocation flags 6846 * 6847 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6848 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6849 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6850 * 6851 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6852 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6853 */ 6854 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6855 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6856 gfp_t gfp); 6857 6858 /** 6859 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6860 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6861 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6862 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6863 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6864 * @len: length of the frame data 6865 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6866 * 6867 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6868 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6869 * 6870 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6871 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6872 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6873 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6874 */ 6875 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6876 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6877 6878 /** 6879 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6880 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6881 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6882 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6883 * @len: length of the frame data 6884 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6885 * @gfp: context flags 6886 * 6887 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6888 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6889 * transmission attempt. 6890 */ 6891 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6892 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6893 6894 6895 /** 6896 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6897 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6898 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6899 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6900 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6901 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6902 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6903 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6904 * 6905 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6906 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6907 * control port frames over nl80211. 6908 * 6909 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6910 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6911 * 6912 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6913 */ 6914 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6915 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6916 6917 /** 6918 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6919 * @dev: network device 6920 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6921 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6922 * @gfp: context flags 6923 * 6924 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6925 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6926 */ 6927 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6928 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6929 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6930 6931 /** 6932 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6933 * @dev: network device 6934 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6935 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6936 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6937 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6938 * @gfp: context flags 6939 */ 6940 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6941 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6942 6943 /** 6944 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6945 * @dev: network device 6946 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6947 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6948 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6949 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6950 * @gfp: context flags 6951 * 6952 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6953 * given interval is exceeded. 6954 */ 6955 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6956 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6957 6958 /** 6959 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6960 * @dev: network device 6961 * @gfp: context flags 6962 * 6963 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6964 */ 6965 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6966 6967 /** 6968 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6969 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6970 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6971 * @gfp: context flags 6972 * 6973 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6974 */ 6975 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6976 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6977 6978 /** 6979 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6980 * @dev: network device 6981 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6982 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6983 * @gfp: context flags 6984 * 6985 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6986 * frame. 6987 */ 6988 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6989 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6990 gfp_t gfp); 6991 6992 /** 6993 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6994 * @netdev: network device 6995 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6996 * @event: type of event 6997 * @gfp: context flags 6998 * 6999 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7000 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7001 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7002 */ 7003 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7004 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7005 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7006 7007 7008 /** 7009 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7010 * @dev: network device 7011 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7012 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7013 * @gfp: allocation flags 7014 */ 7015 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7016 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7017 7018 /** 7019 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7020 * @dev: network device 7021 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7022 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7023 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7024 * @gfp: allocation flags 7025 */ 7026 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7027 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7028 7029 /** 7030 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7031 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7032 * @addr: the transmitter address 7033 * @gfp: context flags 7034 * 7035 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7036 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7037 * sender. 7038 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7039 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7040 */ 7041 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7042 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7043 7044 /** 7045 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7046 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7047 * @addr: the transmitter address 7048 * @gfp: context flags 7049 * 7050 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7051 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7052 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7053 * station to avoid event flooding. 7054 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7055 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7056 */ 7057 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7058 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7059 7060 /** 7061 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7062 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7063 * @addr: the address of the peer 7064 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7065 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7066 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7067 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7068 * @gfp: allocation flags 7069 */ 7070 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7071 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7072 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7073 7074 /** 7075 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7076 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7077 * @frame: the frame 7078 * @len: length of the frame 7079 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7080 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7081 * 7082 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7083 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7084 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7085 */ 7086 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7087 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7088 int freq, int sig_dbm); 7089 7090 /** 7091 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7092 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7093 * @chandef: the channel definition 7094 * @iftype: interface type 7095 * 7096 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7097 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7098 */ 7099 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7100 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7101 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7102 7103 /** 7104 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7105 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7106 * @chandef: the channel definition 7107 * @iftype: interface type 7108 * 7109 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7110 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7111 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7112 * more permissive conditions. 7113 * 7114 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7115 */ 7116 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7117 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7118 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7119 7120 /* 7121 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7122 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7123 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7124 * 7125 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7126 * driver context! 7127 */ 7128 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7129 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7130 7131 /* 7132 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7133 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7134 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7135 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7136 * 7137 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7138 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7139 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7140 */ 7141 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7142 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7143 u8 count); 7144 7145 /** 7146 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7147 * 7148 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7149 * @band: band pointer to fill 7150 * 7151 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7152 */ 7153 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7154 enum nl80211_band *band); 7155 7156 /** 7157 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7158 * 7159 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7160 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7161 * 7162 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7163 */ 7164 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7165 u8 *op_class); 7166 7167 /* 7168 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7169 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7170 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7171 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7172 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7173 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7174 * @gfp: allocation flags 7175 * 7176 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7177 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7178 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7179 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7180 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7181 */ 7182 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7183 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7184 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7185 7186 /* 7187 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7188 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7189 * 7190 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7191 */ 7192 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7193 7194 /** 7195 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7196 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7197 * 7198 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7199 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7200 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7201 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7202 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7203 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7204 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7205 * 7206 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7207 */ 7208 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7209 7210 /** 7211 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7212 * @ies: FT IEs 7213 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7214 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7215 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7216 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7217 */ 7218 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7219 const u8 *ies; 7220 size_t ies_len; 7221 const u8 *target_ap; 7222 const u8 *ric_ies; 7223 size_t ric_ies_len; 7224 }; 7225 7226 /** 7227 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7228 * @netdev: network device 7229 * @ft_event: IE information 7230 */ 7231 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7232 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7233 7234 /** 7235 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7236 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7237 * @len: the input length 7238 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7239 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7240 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7241 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7242 * 7243 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7244 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7245 * 7246 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7247 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7248 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7249 */ 7250 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7251 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7252 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7253 7254 /** 7255 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7256 * @ies: the IE buffer 7257 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7258 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7259 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7260 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7261 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7262 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7263 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7264 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7265 * 7266 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7267 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7268 * split. 7269 * 7270 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7271 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7272 * 7273 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7274 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7275 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7276 * 7277 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7278 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7279 * of the buffer should be used. 7280 */ 7281 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7282 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7283 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7284 size_t offset); 7285 7286 /** 7287 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7288 * @ies: the IE buffer 7289 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7290 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7291 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7292 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7293 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7294 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7295 * 7296 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7297 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7298 * split. 7299 * 7300 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7301 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7302 * 7303 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7304 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7305 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7306 * 7307 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7308 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7309 * of the buffer should be used. 7310 */ 7311 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7312 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7313 { 7314 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7315 } 7316 7317 /** 7318 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7319 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7320 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7321 * @gfp: allocation flags 7322 * 7323 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7324 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7325 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7326 * else caused the wakeup. 7327 */ 7328 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7329 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7330 gfp_t gfp); 7331 7332 /** 7333 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7334 * 7335 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7336 * @gfp: allocation flags 7337 * 7338 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7339 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7340 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7341 */ 7342 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7343 7344 /** 7345 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7346 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7347 * 7348 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7349 */ 7350 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7351 7352 /** 7353 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7354 * 7355 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7356 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7357 * 7358 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7359 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7360 * the interface combinations. 7361 */ 7362 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7363 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7364 7365 /** 7366 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7367 * 7368 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7369 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7370 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7371 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7372 * 7373 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7374 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7375 * purposes. 7376 */ 7377 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7378 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7379 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7380 void *data), 7381 void *data); 7382 7383 /* 7384 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7385 * 7386 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7387 * @wdev: wireless device 7388 * @gfp: context flags 7389 * 7390 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7391 * disconnected. 7392 * 7393 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7394 */ 7395 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7396 gfp_t gfp); 7397 7398 /** 7399 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7400 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7401 * 7402 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7403 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7404 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7405 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7406 * 7407 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7408 * the driver while the function is running. 7409 */ 7410 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7411 7412 /** 7413 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7414 * 7415 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7416 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7417 * 7418 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7419 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7420 */ 7421 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7422 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7423 { 7424 u8 *ft_byte; 7425 7426 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7427 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7428 } 7429 7430 /** 7431 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7432 * 7433 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7434 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7435 * 7436 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7437 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7438 */ 7439 static inline bool 7440 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7441 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7442 { 7443 u8 ft_byte; 7444 7445 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7446 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7447 } 7448 7449 /** 7450 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7451 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7452 * 7453 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7454 */ 7455 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7456 7457 /** 7458 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7459 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7460 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7461 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7462 * result. 7463 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7464 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7465 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7466 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7467 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7468 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7469 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7470 */ 7471 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7472 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7473 u8 inst_id; 7474 u8 peer_inst_id; 7475 const u8 *addr; 7476 u8 info_len; 7477 const u8 *info; 7478 u64 cookie; 7479 }; 7480 7481 /** 7482 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7483 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7484 * @match: match notification parameters 7485 * @gfp: allocation flags 7486 * 7487 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7488 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7489 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7490 */ 7491 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7492 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7493 7494 /** 7495 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7496 * 7497 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7498 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7499 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7500 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7501 * @gfp: allocation flags 7502 * 7503 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7504 */ 7505 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7506 u8 inst_id, 7507 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7508 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7509 7510 /* ethtool helper */ 7511 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7512 7513 /** 7514 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7515 * @netdev: network device 7516 * @params: External authentication parameters 7517 * @gfp: allocation flags 7518 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7519 */ 7520 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7521 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7522 gfp_t gfp); 7523 7524 /** 7525 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7526 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7527 * @req: the original measurement request 7528 * @result: the result data 7529 * @gfp: allocation flags 7530 */ 7531 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7532 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7533 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7534 gfp_t gfp); 7535 7536 /** 7537 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7538 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7539 * @req: the original measurement request 7540 * @gfp: allocation flags 7541 * 7542 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7543 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7544 */ 7545 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7546 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7547 gfp_t gfp); 7548 7549 /** 7550 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7551 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7552 * @iftype: interface type 7553 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7554 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7555 * 7556 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7557 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7558 * check_swif is '1'. 7559 */ 7560 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7561 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7562 7563 7564 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7565 7566 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7567 7568 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7569 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7570 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7571 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7572 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7573 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7574 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7575 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7576 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7577 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7578 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7579 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7580 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7581 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7582 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7583 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7584 7585 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7586 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7587 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7588 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7589 7590 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7591 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7592 7593 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7594 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7595 7596 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7597 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7598 #else 7599 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7600 ({ \ 7601 if (0) \ 7602 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7603 0; \ 7604 }) 7605 #endif 7606 7607 /* 7608 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7609 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7610 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7611 */ 7612 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7613 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7614 7615 /** 7616 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7617 * @netdev: network device 7618 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7619 * @gfp: allocation flags 7620 */ 7621 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7622 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7623 gfp_t gfp); 7624 7625 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7626